Readings:
Wk4: Article Review
Each week students should review one article related to business strategy. The article can cover business strategy in fields like Finance, IT, HR, Accounting, etc.
Articles can be found in Business Source Complete or ProQuest Central.
The article text itself must be 1) at least 1,000 words (excluding title, bios, and any other related material), 2) peer-reviewed, and 3) published within the last five years. If you have any questions about using a particular article, please reach out to your professor. Article Review Instructions: In 500-800 words (including title and references) review the article as follows:
At the end of each article review, make sure and include:
In this second week of the SPA project, you will provide an overview of your business to be analyzed. This week’s chapter should include the following sections:
Mission, vision, values
Key stakeholders (at least 3)
Value propositions to its key stakeholders
Overview of financial performance over the last 3-5 years
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
5
WK3 Pepsi Company Analysis
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
With goods available in more than 200 countries, this American diet and drink firm are one of the world’s most enormous. Pepsi-Cola Firm and Frito-Lay, Inc. merged in the year nineteen sixty-five to develop Pepsi-Lay, Inc. Buying; the Firm’s HQs are in New York. The major PepsiCo was fashioned by a pharmacologist called Caleb D. Bradham from New Bern. In the year eighteen ninety-eight, Bradham entitled his soft drink PepsiCo, trusting in emulating Coca-massive Cola’s success. Bradham fashioned the PepsiCo firm in 1902 due to the beverage’s prominence (PepsiCo. Inc,2015). The Firm’s Product and rights 1931 was bought by Guth, the originator of advanced drink. He founded a different Enterprise, engaged a laboratory to develop a more extraordinary beverage, established other bottling infrastructure, and started vending a $5 12-ounce magnum. Guth served as the commander of Loft, Amalgamated, a toffee and beverage-fountain business initiated in 1919. In 1936–39, he misplaced a majority place in the PepsiCo Business to Loft’s new supervision because of authorized matters. As soon as the Pepsi-Cola Firm and Loft merged in nineteen forty-one, the title was altered to PepsiCo Enterprise.
In nineteen ninety-eight, Pepsi company purchased the Tropicana and Dole juice products from the Seagram organization. The Quaker Foods and Drinks concept was defined in the year two thousand and when it integrated with the Quaker Oats organization. PepsiCo’s most significant products were bought as part of the agreement, including Pepsico, Frito-Lay snacks, Lipton Tea, Mango juices, Pepsi sports drinks, Quaker Oats grains, and Rold Gold crackers are just a few of the brands available. In the primeval twenty-first period, PepsiCo concentrated on enlarging its dealings in other states, especially Russia, its second-biggest industry (PepsiCo. Inc, 2015). In two thousand and eight, it purchased a dominant share in JSC Lebedyansky, Russia’s biggest juice processor, and three decades afterward, and it accomplished the purchase of Wimm-Bill-Dann Foodstuffs. Pepsi-Cola was capable of being Russia’s most potent stuff and Drink firm as an outcome of these activities.
Here are the features of the Pepsi industry. The first one is that Pepsi has a purposeful performance. Pepsi-Cola workers strive for excellence for the firm, its consumers, society, and surroundings. This feature of Pepsi-Cola’s business philosophy replicates the firm’s obligation to complete its company’s shared duty. Workers are effectively forced to reply to matters elevated by Pepsi-Cola’s shareholders. The maximum significant contribution of this corporate philosophy element is that it inspires individuals to advance their achievements. PepsiCo employees, for instance, are motivated to be the greatest at what they carry out and to promise that their contributions help the business and its clients. Second, in the real world, there is leadership. The organizational culture at Pepsi Co prioritizes leadership that is concentrated on what employees, investors, consumers, and societies need (Alvesson, 2012).
The firm’s leadership is bolstered by employee experience. People are promoted to positions of leadership at Pepsi Co. in particular. As seen by its internal professional development, PepsiCo’s organizational philosophy inspires workers to utilize their job-based empirical awareness to drive corporate management and achievement. As a result, Pepsi Co’s corporate culture encourages the company’s cognitive development. Collaboration is also an option. Teamwork is stressed in Pepsi-Cola’s philosophy. As per the corporation, collaboration allows the firm to attain outstanding accomplishments. Pepsi appreciates specific employees’ capabilities, but the firm’s management philosophy pushes them to moral use through teamwork. All through the business, for instance, groups are utilized. Instead of depending entirely on a person’s hard work, Pepsi Company enhances interaction in its human properties through this feature of the company philosophy. Pepsi Co’s corporate philosophy has the benefit of inspiring workers. Emphasis on the focused act and inside guidance progress gives employees’ contributions to the firm meaning. Additionally, teamwork improves worker happiness, decreasing job churn at Pepsi Company.
Pepsi Company has a reputation for continually offering incredibly enticing goods in the industry. The company has been up against severe competition from companies that produce comparable brands. Despite the continued production of various beverages, the market has become a battleground for brand wars amongst products that have established positions and gained consumer loyalty. Pepsi products are distributed in more than 200 countries worldwide, and the firm is constantly producing new brands to preserve its market share. The marketplace share of competing beverages has an essential impact on Pepsi Company’s established market position. Customers have readily incorporated other beverage brands, and new products have been readily purchased. In this case, the creation of additional products impacts Pepsi Company, irrespective of if the beverages are sodas or stimulants (Steenhuis et al., 2010). Pepsi’s attitude to evolving items other than beverages, such as sports beverages and tropical drinks, has facilitated the firm to avoid the weakening of its brands and the producing firm itself. PepsiCo is today renowned for its Pepsi soda and a diversity of other items that have become well-known among consumers. Pepsi Company has gained competitive advantages over rival beverage and food companies through developing new things other than soft drinks, rebranding current products, and upgrading and modifying product packaging.
References
Alvesson, M. (2012). Understanding organizational culture Sage.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=BDsV8eHp0_MC&oi=fnd&pg=PP2&dq=Alvesson,+M.+(2012).%C2%A0Understanding+organizational+culture+Sage.&ots=765ofmxJIC&sig=2EZz5gnTfbtYlMekMcsw3CdHNsw
Chirkova, A. (2011). Pepsi across cultures: analysis and cross-cultural comparison of Pepsi websites.
https://gupea.ub.gu.se/handle/2077/26744
PepsiCo. Inc, (2015). Diversity & Inclusion.
https://www.torrossa.com/gs/resourceProxy?an=5017880&publisher=FZ7200#page=297
Steenhuis, I. H., Leeuwis, F. H., & Vermeer, W. M. (2010). Small, medium, large or supersize: trends in food portion sizes in The Netherlands. Public health nutrition, 13(6), 852-857.
https://www.cambridge.org/core/journals/public-health-nutrition/article/small-medium-large-or-supersize-trends-in-food-portion-sizes-in-the-netherlands/07758CE506885299EEAA61B22EF95D17
6
WK3 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 3, 2022
Any organization that lacks a solid strategy is doomed to collapse. However, most executives do not fully comprehend the procedure or how to apply it. “Playing to Win” deconstructs design and provides you with concepts, frameworks, tools, and processes to assist your company in winning. A.G. Lafley and Roger L. Martin unwrap the road for enterprise leadership to drive their firms to succeed in the industry they are competing in, exactly like the title says (Lafley & Martin,2013). The book tells how P&G won time and time again by following this approach with legendary brands like Olay, Gillette, Pampers, and Swiffer, raising the company’s market numerical quantity by more than $100 billion in just ten years. Five decisions, One Structure, One procedure is how the trio describes the way to victory.
According to them, Strategy is a decision. A strategy is a series of five options that are synchronized and integrated: Aspirations to win, where are we going to play? What is the best way to win? To succeed, what primary susceptibility is needed? Enable the competencies; what establishment plan of action is required? The five strategic choices described in the book are winning aspirations which set the tone for all subsequent decisions. Every firm must establish a winning goal. This is the first and most important option.
The second is where to play, representing a set of options used to restrict the competitive field. There is no way for a company to be everything to everyone and still gain. The inquiries that should be posed are where the establishment will contend in industry, customers, transmission, commodity categories, and technology.
How to win where we define choices to win on the particular field one is involved. To figure out how to win, a company must determine what will allow it to make specific worth and provide it to customers in a unique way over time. The options for where to play and how to win should complement one another.
Another choice is to determine the company’s core capabilities you are working on. It refers to the variety and quality of activities that a corporation can engage in to gain wherever it selects to compete. It may necessitate enhancing present potentiality, developing brand-new ones, or collaborating with specialists. The essential qualities needed for any firm are deep consumer insight, creativity, branding strategies, go-to-market competence, and scalability.
It also contains the management system. The systems must guarantee selections are conveyed to the entire organization, workers are taught to speak on those selections, that potentiality is sustained through a period, and the effectiveness of the options and advancement toward ambitions are monitored.
The author mentions the four dimensions needed to ensure that the business succeeds, and they help us decide where to play and win. These dimensions are the industry where one needs to consider the structures of their industry and its attractiveness. Another dimension is the customers, where you need to consider your customer’s value (Stalk et al.,2004). The relative position is another dimension where you will feel how your factory is fairing and how it will be n the midst of stiff competition. Lastly, the match is where you need to consider the outcome of the path you have chosen to follow.
One reverse-engineering procedure plan of action option is the part that struck me the most. Roger mentions his most significant takeaway from his most enormous blunder as “reverse-engineering strategic possibilities.”
Roger outlines how any business would deal with a circumstance where they must decide or design a strategy in the traditional approach and the potential problems. This method avoids the drawbacks. It all starts with devising as many tactics as possible to deal with a given issue. Then, for each tactic, ask the golden question: “What would have to be true for this plan to work?” The conditions under which the group would proceed with the approach would answer this question. Barriers are defined as situations that are least likely to hold. Each of the conditions has its own set of tests. The barriers are tested first, followed by the other circumstances. If any of them fails, the approach will be abandoned.
The writers have clearly defined what a Plan of action means to them and demonstrated it using existing-world examples of the P&G Trademark. The five options, the structure, and the method are all thoroughly explained, each receiving its chapter with standards. DOS and DON’TS are listed at the end of each chapter. There have been instances where P&G has made mistakes. This also offers you an idea of how your plan of action may go inaccurate.
The book seems to be a stepwise guidebook to strategical reasoning on building a long-term competitive edge and giving a unique worth to your clients to form your product prosperity. I would propose it to everyone at any level of an administration who wants to succeed in business.
A business-level Plan of action mentions how an institution will contend in a specific industry. It appears to be a simple question, but it isn’t straightforward (Laumakis,2017). It is because there are numerous alternative responses to this inquiry. Conceive the eateries in your municipality or city, for example. You’re probably next to a McDonald’s, Earls, Boston Pizza, The Keg, other federals bonds, and various regionally based eateries with only one placement.
Each of these eateries contends it is based on different enterprise frameworks. When restaurant enforcement analyzes institutions and competitors, she must avoid flattering distracted by the subtleties of each company’s business-level tactics and misplacing visual percept of the significant representation (Magretta,2011).
One way is to conceive the enterprise-level plan of action in terms of the general outline. A generic approach is described for positioning a company inside a particular industry. By concentrating on a single generic system, CEOs can focus on the most critical components of their companies’ business strategy while preventing participating in areas where another generic process would be more appropriate.
The application of information technology can help in plan implementation. Means of communicating can track progress toward milestones and success factors (Magretta,2011). By properly utilizing information technology, businesses may measure their actions and incentive administration to adopt the plan more precisely.
The information gained from the book can help the company managers create a value chain management where they can determine what their competitors are doing which they are not doing and try to improve on their strategies.
In conclusion, the book play to win provides essential strategies that managers ought to follow to be ahead of their competitors. It gives them insights into what they can do to stay ahead of their competitors. There are different strategies that the book provides and various dimensions that anyone who wants to be involved in the world of business should follow.
References
Friedman, H. L. (2013). Playing to win. University of California Press.
https://www.degruyter.com/document/doi/10.1525/9780520956698/html
Lafley, A. G., & Martin, R. L. (2013). Playing to win: How Strategy really works. Harvard BusinessPress.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=qJFQqVa_p3YC&oi=fnd&pg=PP12&dq=playing+to+win+review&ots=JnoJs4f9fW&sig=mdVfT323ZcNmCAGWBvdNPXHJZM8
Laumakis, S. J., Laumakis, P. A., & Laumakis, P. J. (2017). Playing to win vs. playing for meaningful victories. Journal of the Philosophy of Sport, 44(2), 174-182.
https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00948705.2017.1285706
Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding Michael Potter:The essential guide to competition and strategy. Boston, MA: Harvard Business ReviewPress
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=t5BaoG0tAoUC&oi=fnd&pg=PR1&dq=Magretta,J.(2011).Understanding+Michael+Potter:The+essential+guide+to+competition+and+strategy.+Boston,+MA:+Harvard+Business+Review+Press&ots=ucTNKGG5yj&sig=Mb5CXpyuxR4qP5YC4UH_5Hxx-
Stalk, G., Lachenauer, R., & Butman, J. (2004). Hardball: Are you playing to play or playing to win?. Harvard Business Press.
https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=cscGBgAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=PP6&dq=playing+to+win+strategy&ots=PwSXlBGrRC&sig=g3JJpxHljfJ8dHCWJasLHnASJAM
4
WK4 Article Review
Trae Clavo
Doctor of Business, University of Trevecca
Cur Topics/ Business Strategy (BUS-8020-O06.2)
Dr. Rick Mann
April 9, 2022
WK4 Article Review
J. Peter Scoblic (August 2020) wrote an article on uncertainty management by learning from the future. Economist Frank Knight states that uncertainty is better understood than risks (Merz et al., 2010) his argument. He can calculate outcomes as we already have experience with similar scenarios before. For instance, insurance companies calculate the likelihood of trouble before setting their premium prices but cannot calculate uncertainty.
When the coast guard decided to conduct a future view, they were aided by Future Strategy group (FSG), a consultancy firm specializing in scenario planning. The future strategy group argues that it cannot predict uncertainty. However, I can anticipate delays. Working with the future strategy group, the Coast guard expected four forces of change to impact their future significantly. It includes the role of the federal government, Insecurity in the U. S society, the U. S economy, and finally, the demand for maritime services. After evaluating these forces in 20 years, he obtained sixteen future worlds where the coast guards would operate. Out of the 16 obtained futures, the leaders of the coast guards sampled five that were distinctive from one another and represented a range of environments faced by the service.
Scenario planning in an immersive experience is very efficient. We will occasionally challenge existing mental models by bringing forth future articles such as fictional articles published in magazines and newspapers. It also disconnects the participants from the present and focuses on the future. All future worlds are given names that capture their essence. Future worlds are named to grasp their meaning, for example, “taking on water,” which describes a world when the U. S economy has struggled due to environmental degradation.
In the long run, one has to establish an iterative cycle to reap the most outstanding value from the scenario exercise. An iterative cycle refers to a seamless process that orients an organization toward its future and present. A loop technique can be employed to interact with the gift and the organization’s multiple imagined factors. (Quan et al., 2018) It gives the organization an added advantage, ensuring prosperity in the best conditions and survival in turbulent conditions.
PepsiCo Inc. may adopt this strategy to anticipate future uncertainty and be able to make plans to mitigate and adapt to these uncertainties. For instance, if they had adopted the method back in two thousand and nineteen, they would have an insight on how to handle the Covid-19 pandemic. Through learning from the future, PepsiCo would have been able to anticipate the civil unrest in Ukraine and Russia as they face significant challenges from their markets in the two countries. By incorporating this strategy, PepsiCo will better mitigate and overcome this uncertainty upon its occurrence. By using an iterative cycle, PepsiCo will be able to keep watch not only on its present but also on its future, thus growing its brand. The loop technique will be helpful to ensure that constant reviews are done to improve the strategies to adopt concerning their anticipated uncertainties; therefore, Pepsi will be able to attain its mission “create more smiles with every sip and every bite, as well as their vision of becoming a global leader in convenient beverages and food (PepsiCo.com)
In conclusion, experience from the recent pandemic has made it clear that assumptions and needs can change quickly and unpredictably. Therefore, preparations for the future require constant reviews and the loop technique. Strategic foresight, the ability to sense, shape, and adapt to changes, requires iterative exploration through various methods such as scenario planning. It could be a fundamental strategy adopted by the business to anticipate uncertainty and devise plans to adapt and respond to these uncertainties for both stable and turbulent times. It is also crucial to finance managers in making investment decisions.
Reference.
Merz, B., Kreibich, H., Schwarze, R., & Thieken, A. (2010). Review article” Assessment of economic flood damage”. Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, 10(8), 1697-1724.
Quan, P. L., Sauzade, M., & Brouzes, E. (2018). dPCR: a technology review. Sensors, 18(4), 1271.
https://www.pepsico.com/about/mission-and-vision
Delivering a high-quality product at a reasonable price is not enough anymore.
That’s why we have developed 5 beneficial guarantees that will make your experience with our service enjoyable, easy, and safe.
You have to be 100% sure of the quality of your product to give a money-back guarantee. This describes us perfectly. Make sure that this guarantee is totally transparent.
Read moreEach paper is composed from scratch, according to your instructions. It is then checked by our plagiarism-detection software. There is no gap where plagiarism could squeeze in.
Read moreThanks to our free revisions, there is no way for you to be unsatisfied. We will work on your paper until you are completely happy with the result.
Read moreYour email is safe, as we store it according to international data protection rules. Your bank details are secure, as we use only reliable payment systems.
Read moreBy sending us your money, you buy the service we provide. Check out our terms and conditions if you prefer business talks to be laid out in official language.
Read more